Listen to a podcast, please open Podcast Republic app. Available on Google Play Store.
Mar 19, 2019
Episode | Date |
---|---|
How To Have Fun On Weekends While Losing Weight | HSM 479
51:15
In episode 479 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Elena about how to have fun on weekends while losing weight and
how do you go out to have fun and not mess up all the work
how to structure her calories to lose weight and maintain
how to create a plan that keeps you on track
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 12, 2021 |
Why Comparing Your Past To Your Present Can Prevent You From Making Progress Today | HSM 478
45:20
In episode 478 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sam about why comparing your past to your present can prevent you from making progress today and
how long she’s been dealing with weight loss
why she hit a wall and can't jump start any weight loss
how did she decide to change her definition of success
why she struggles to keep weight off
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 05, 2021 |
How Marie Took Her First Maintenance Break After Losing 100 Pounds | HSM 477
50:32
In episode 477 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Marie about how Marie took her first maintenance break after losing 100 pounds and
when her weight got out of control
why she went on a maintenance break on purpose
what happened when she started to put on weight last during the holiday season
what caused her to get aggressive and lose weight faster
what revelation she had about holiday treats
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 29, 2021 |
How To Move From Intuitive Eating To Intentional Weight Loss | HSM 476
51:50
In episode 476 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle about how to move from intuitive eating to intentional weight loss and
why she has struggled to lose weight
why she wants to take her eating in a new direction
how to work on disordered eating
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 22, 2021 |
How To Maintain Instead Of Gain Weight | HSM 475
43:14
In episode 475 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Nicole about how to maintain instead of gain weight and
how she connected with an intuitive eating health coach
why she's been dieting her whole adult life
how she’s learning to eat when hungry
how to get in tune with your emotions
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 15, 2021 |
How Becky Lost 147 Pounds With Self-Compassion and Maternal Love For Herself | HSM 474
48:31
In episode 474 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Becky about how she lost 147 pounds with self-compassion and maternal love for herself and
why she felt her whole life was a diet
what personal lost caused her to realize she needed to take care of herself
why she needs to do this for the long haul
how self-compassion opens up possibilities
what happens the harder you are on yourself
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 08, 2021 |
How To Reach An Achievable Weight | HSM 473
46:37
In episode 473 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Teresa about how to reach an achievable weight and
how much weight she’s lost since 2014
what happened when she went on a Mediterranean cruise
why she struggles to get back to her calorie deficit
what happened after her foot surgery
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 01, 2021 |
Why Diet Culture Robs Us Of Our Ability To Make Choices With Georgie Fear | HSM 472
45:14
In episode 472 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Georgie Fear about why diet culture robs us of our ability to make choices and
how to give yourself more
why we suffer from same trip ups
how to reduce sugar and alcohol
why kind people don't know how to take time for fun
what is a realistic way of looking at results
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 22, 2021 |
Do You Feel Overwhelmed By Dieting Information? | HSM 471
40:08
In episode 471 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rachel about why she feels overwhelmed by dieting information
how to overcome diet fatigue
how boundaries with yourself help you lose weight
why she’s never been successful with counting points
why skipping breakfast causes her to eat late at night
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 15, 2021 |
How To Overcome Trouble Maintaining Weight | HSM 470
35:24
In episode 470 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chris about how to overcome trouble maintaining weight and
how she lost 39 pounds
why her weight went up a little
why the pandemic has led to less activity
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 08, 2021 |
How Julie Gained Control Over Binge Eating In Her 60s and Achieved Her Weight Goal | HSM 469
46:18
In episode 469 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Julie about how she gained control over binge eating in her 60s and achieved her weight goal and
why she started dieting at 12-years-old in the 7th grade
why she did all the diets known to man during high school
how her father’s career influenced her desire to lose weight
why diets don’t work
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 01, 2021 |
Why We Struggle With Starting Weight Loss | HSM 468
42:41
In episode 468 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about why you struggle with starting weight loss and
how she faced her fear of finding maintenance calories
why it’s so hard to turn around years of dieting behaviors
why comparison doesn’t allow her to keep failing
why it’s important to learn how to track your maintenance
how to track your weight using Happy Scale app
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 25, 2021 |
Why It’s Important To Focus On Your Core Habits | HSM 467
40:34
In episode 467 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jennifer about why it's important to focus on your core habits and
how she lost 50 pounds a year ago
why she wants to get down to her goal weight
why she stopped losing weight until after the holidays
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 18, 2021 |
How Letting Go of Guilt Around Food Leads To Weight Loss Success | HSM 466
49:56
In episode 466 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about how letting go of guilt around food leads to weight loss success and
how guilt led to not having fun foods around
why it’s important to get therapy for help with anxiety
when weight first became an issue for her
why she got successful at losing weight after seeing a photo
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 11, 2021 |
Why It’s Good NOT To Get Praise For Your Weight Loss | HSM 465
58:40
In episode 465 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amany about why it’s good NOT to get praise for your weight loss and
how she can get on the right track with her habits
why she feels unmotivated
when she struggles most with mom guilt
how to reframe stories around slow weight loss vs fast weight loss
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 04, 2021 |
Why It’s So Important To Track Honestly | HSM 464
42:11
In episode 464 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Veronica about why it’s so important to track honestly and
why she feels like she’s not seeing a payoff for all her effort
how to achieve your important goals
why she’s gained weight instead of maintaining
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 28, 2020 |
How You Can Reframe Your Story Every Day | HSM 463
53:22
In episode 463 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Angie about how you can reframe your story every day and
how she changed her mindset about weight loss not being fair
what she struggled with most in college
how to overcome “victim” thinking about tracking
why she’s changed how she was living her life
how changing her attitude made a big change
why she can't keep treating maintenance like a diet
how she grew her self-worth and self-efficacy
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 21, 2020 |
How To Decide What Is Healthy For You | HSM 462
46:19
In episode 462 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Cody about how to decide what is healthy for you and your body
why the maintenance mindset is important
how she lost 40 pounds in 2017
why she regained 20 pounds
why do you want to lose weight
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 14, 2020 |
Why The All-Or-Nothing Mentality Hurts Us | HSM 461
35:52
In episode 461 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Karen about why the all-or-nothing mentality hurts us and
how sleeping helps with binge eating
what her hubby can do to help her
where she can put her alarm to help her
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 07, 2020 |
Why It’s Important To Take Time Out And Write Down Your Feelings | HSM 460
43:53
In episode 460 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Debbie about why it’s important to take time out and write down your feelings and
why she emotionally eats and how to overcome it
how she can learn what is not working for her in two weeks
when you want to start getting into your maintenance calories
how she will work on reducing her snacking windows
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 30, 2020 |
Why You Don’t Have To Be Perfect To Be Proud Of Yourself | HSM 459
57:30
In episode 459 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kate about why you don't have to be perfect to be proud of yourself and
how her stressful job and relationships affected her weight
what exercise she learned she didn’t like doing to lose weight
why it’s helpful to have pride in yourself no matter what you weigh
why fitting into her favorite jeans helped motivate her
what do after you gain weight
how she’s made peace with her weight being above her BMI range
why it’s important to focus on what your body can do
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 23, 2020 |
How A Weight Loss Support Partner Can Help You | HSM 458
45:24
In episode 458 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kayte about how a weight loss support partner can help you and
why she has an extremely long history with the last 30-40 pounds
what is the point she wants to get to
how meditating has helped her
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 16, 2020 |
How To Overcome Struggles With Meal Planning | HSM 457
45:26
In episode 457 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chastity about how to overcome struggles with meal planning and
how to cook for picky family members
why you want to pre-order meals from restaurants
what are some ways she can help her son
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford?
Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 09, 2020 |
Why Restrictive Dieting To Lose Weight Doesn’t Work | HSM 456
37:28
In episode 456 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Angie about why restrictive dieting to lose weight doesn't work and
how many pounds she has lost since last year
what happened one year ago when she listened to show
how long she has struggled with a fixed mindset
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford?
Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 02, 2020 |
Change Your Life For The Long Haul | HSM 455
54:55
In episode 455 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Mark from Zarate Fitness (you can check out his site HERE and his podcast HERE) about why you need to change your life for the long haul and
how to identify the struggles and pitfalls of weight loss
why deadlines can negate all the things you learn
how he struggled with weighing two-hundred and fifty pounds
why it is important to know some discomfort is required
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 26, 2020 |
Why Restricting Treats and Desserts Hurts Weight Loss | HSM 454
41:15
In episode 454 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kim about why restricting treats and desserts hurts weight loss and
how she gained weight and lost the same weight for 40 years
why she struggles with guilt about taking care of herself
what her plan to improve moving forward will be
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 19, 2020 |
Why Being Kinder To Yourself Can Help You Lose Weight| HSM 453
59:27
In episode 453 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Joy about why being kinder to yourself can help you lose weight and
why it's important to create a program that works for you
how she focused on being persistent vs. consistent
what she did to maintain her 75-pound weight loss after the age of 50
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 12, 2020 |
How To Eat Healthy And Include Treats You Love | HSM 452
39:20
In episode 452 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Naomi about how to eat healthy and include the treats you love and
what she’s realized since having gastric bypass in 2019
why she has a hard time sticking to her meal plan
what to do when she goes out to eat on weekends
why it’s important to have maintenance days and deficit days
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 05, 2020 |
How Do I Maintain Weight When I’m Busy With A Family? | HSM 451
42:30
In episode 451 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ivy about how to maintain weight when you're busy with a family and
how to overcome weight loss struggles
what are the benefits of meal planning cards
what she can do to revamp her meals
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 28, 2020 |
Learn How Birth Control Can Affect Weight Loss and Athletic Performance With Lyle Macdonald | HSM 450
1:18:34
In episode 450 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lyle MacDonald about how birth control can affect weight loss and athletic performance and
why synthetic estrogen does not act the same as regular estrogen
how low dose estrogen can keep weight down
what the impact of birth control is on athletic performance
how running affects bone marrow density
and much more!
You can learn more about Lyle here and pick up his books here.
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 21, 2020 |
Why Tracking Consistency Is More Important Than Accuracy | HSM 449
1:00:31
In episode 449 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Shannon about why tracking consistency is more important than accuracy and
how long she’s struggled with weight maintenance
what are her mental struggles around weight maintenance
how she’s maintained with various calorie ranges
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 14, 2020 |
Why It’s A Privilege To Maintain Your Weight | HSM 448
41:14
In episode 448 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Linda about why it’s a privilege to maintain your weight and
how she’s maintained her weight for 10 months
why she loves to exercise and how it impacts her weight
how to reframe the way she thinks as a maintainer
how she’s learning acceptance
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 07, 2020 |
Why it’s never too late to start | HSM 447
48:10
In episode 447 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Karolyn about why it’s never too late to start and
why her process is now working
what were the things that kept her stuck
why you need to prioritize your health
how she learned to have treats in her journey
why she struggled with no balance in her life
why she should have gotten into a support group
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 31, 2020 |
How You Can Take Responsibility For Your Own Health | HSM 446
50:10
In episode 446 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about how you can take responsibility for your own health and
how she went from a non-active to an active lifestyle
why she fears losing mobility
how to spot the signs of depression in loved ones or in yourself
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 24, 2020 |
Setting Up Boundaries With Well-Meaning Family And Friends | HSM 445
43:51
In episode 445 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers VIP questions and then talks with Tessa about setting up boundaries with well-meaning family and friends and
how she's maintained her 50-pound weight loss
how to best manage weight during a pregnancy
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 17, 2020 |
Letting Go Of The Guilt And Eating The Things You Enjoy | HSM 444
43:09
In episode 444 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers VIP questions and talks with Ruth about letting go of the guilt and eating the things you enjoy and
why eating late seems so counterproductive and
what she's struggles with while working a non-traditional job
why she chose the drive-through when coming back from school
why weight loss is her ultimate goal
why she wants permission to eat late at night
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 10, 2020 |
How To Set Yourself Up For Weight Loss Success | HSM 443
49:45
In episode 443 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corli about how to set yourself up for weight loss success and
why she gained weight in high school
how old she was when she started dieting
why it's important to learn a healthy lifestyle
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 03, 2020 |
Why You Should Refuse To Quit On Yourself | HSM 442
48:29
In episode 442 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corina about why you should refuse to quit on yourself and
how to avoid the traps that can cause you to quit
how she lost 60 pounds and then gained it back
what she could use as an alternative to WW
what mindset and tracking techniques that will help her successful lose, and keep off, the weight
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 27, 2020 |
What To Do When Feeling Anxious About Food | HSM 441
58:30
In episode 441 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about what to do when feeling anxious about food and
how to deal with obsessive food thoughts
how to deal with special event eating stress
how to save some calories each day for events
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford?
Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 20, 2020 |
Why You Must Keep Trying And Not Give Up | HSM 440
51:18
In episode 440 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Janene about why you must keep trying and not give up on yourself and
how she started becoming self-aware of her body
why she put on a lot of weight in pregnancy
why it took a long time to lose the weight -
what made her start thinking about her health
why you need to make a program your own
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 13, 2020 |
How To Pre-Track Restaurant Food and Finding “Green Light” Restaurants | HSM 439
43:25
In episode 439 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sara about how to pre-track restaurant food so you won't worry about what you'll eat and
how to find "green light" restaurants
how she lost 80 pounds, but then gained 50 back
what caused her to slowly gain over summer vacation
why she doesn't want to cook when she gets home from work
what is causing her to struggle with eating out most days
why she needs to have more fun eating meals out once or twice a week
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 06, 2020 |
Why You Need To Focus On Consistency | HSM 438
44:51
In episode 438 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with guest Sonja about why you need to focus on consistency and
why it's hard to do the actions to get the weight off
what she discovered as her big why
why she thinks she has a problem with sugar
how she can increase her protein and fiber
why she's not eating well during the day and sabotaging at night
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 29, 2020 |
How To Set Boundaries Around Food And Family | HSM 437
34:45
In episode 437 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kris about how to set boundaries around food and
how she can overcome her struggle with people-pleasing
what to do when her family wants to go out to dinner but she doesn't
why she doesn't make the choices that help her
how she is going to tell her family she will cook and prepare her own meals
why she wants to be in the best shape before an upcoming surgery
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 22, 2020 |
Why What You Eat Is Key To Getting The Weight Back Off | HSM 436
40:01
In episode 436 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Katie about why what you eat is key to getting the weight back off and
how she lost 55 pounds 8 years ago
what happened when she became an emergency room nurse
why her nursing schedule is affecting her weight loss
how to handle planning, shopping, and food preparation
when to schedule doing exercise like lifting and running
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 15, 2020 |
Why It’s Important To Connect With Honesty About Weight Loss (With Amanda Valentine of the Pound This podcast)
52:24
In episode 435 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with podcaster Amanda Valentine (find her show here and follow her on Instagram here) about why it's important to connect with honesty about weight loss and
what she learned from multiple attempts at weight loss
how to make the best decision for yourself
why dieting led to binge eating
why she didn't force herself to go to the gym
how to overcome the struggle with a lifetime of weight loss thoughts
how she used her podcast as a way to share her struggles
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 08, 2020 |
Why Knowing Your Minimums And Preferred Behaviors Can Help With Stress | HSM 434
47:25
In episode 434 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rosalie about why knowing your minimums and preferred behaviors can help with stress and
why it's important to stick to maintenance calories during holidays
when is it the best time to start taking a calorie deficit again
how to start pre-tracking treats and meals
what can help determine your high and low-calorie days
how learning boundaries could help her
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 01, 2020 |
Why You Should Focus On Finding Your Maintenance Calories | HSM 433
58:48
In episode 433 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Linda about why you should focus on finding your maintenance calories and
why she's sick of not being active
how she lost 80 pounds in 16 months
how to develop the right mindset
why she thinks the weight came back
how she's cutting back on meals out and learning to track her food
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 25, 2020 |
Why it’s important to let go of ego and get support to keep the weight off | HSM 432
42:49
In episode 432 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with HSM Community member Norma about why it's important to let go of ego and get support to keep the weight off and
why eating meals out can lead to weight gain
what you can do to help college students avoid weight gain
how to teach kids to cook, meal plan, and order out in a healthy way
how to prepare kids for eating in college
what curiosity allowed her to learn about herself
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 18, 2020 |
Why It’s Better To Maintain Weight During COVID-19 Pandemic Instead Of Losing Weight
50:37
In episode 431 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Deseray about why it's better to maintain weight during COVID-19 pandemic instead of losing weight and
why she's not sure if she should keep losing more weight
how she lost 30 pounds in 3 years
why she wants to get down to 145
what are the real reasons she wants to lose weight a strong
how to develop a stronger why for weight loss
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 11, 2020 |
Lose Weight By Changing The Food On Your Plate
37:09
In episode 430 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lena about how she could lose weight by changing the food on her plate and
why she struggles with tracking
how many snacks she is eating each day
how she can make a plan to reduce snacking
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 04, 2020 |
How To Make More Time For Exercise And Self-Care
45:48
In episode 429 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Bonnie about
how to make more time for exercise and self-care
why it's important to approach weight loss while leading by example
how to set boundaries with her kids
why a certain meal planning technique is a game-changer
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 27, 2020 |
Why Fear-Based Motivation Doesn’t Work
36:10
In episode 428 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ashley about why fear-based motivation doesn't work and
why you need to do this in moderation
why you cannot change overnight
how to deal with all the things going on in the world
how to identify when a process or practice isn't serving us
how to do meal planning with daily treats
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 20, 2020 |
Struggling To Master Maintenance And Teleworking During COVID-19 Lockdown
34:08
In episode 427 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Melissa about
why she's struggling to master maintenance
how to deal with teleworking during COVID-19 lockdown
how to deal with isolation
what mastering maintenance should look like
hot to deal with gaining and losing the same three pounds
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 13, 2020 |
BONUS | Q&A and How To Stop Excessive Grazing, Eating While Working At Home
49:55
In this BONUS episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares a recent webinar she recorded where she answered questions about
how to stop excessive grazing, eating while working at home
what to do when you are eating more carbs to stretch out meals for the pandemic
how to manage cooking for all family members while home
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 09, 2020 |
426. Mike Howard | How To Discover What “Best Way” Works For You
50:24
In episode 426 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with guest Mike Howard about why there is no one “best way,” but instead how to discover what "best way" works for you and
how to “talk back” to so-called diet gurus
why it’s important to work backward when setting goals
what the addition mindset is and why it’s important
how to simplify things that allow you to add more to your life
how to set up your home environment for success
how to not allow your brain to talk you out of taking action
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 06, 2020 |
BONUS EPISODE: How To Survive and Thrive During The Coronavirus Pandemic
1:13:23
In this BONUS episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares a recent webinar she recorded where she talks about
how to survive and thrive during the Coronavirus pandemic
what activities you can do if you're kids are at home with your
how to deal with working from home and the temptations you'll face
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 01, 2020 |
How To Stop The Binge Eating Cycle To Lose Weight
54:11
In episode 425 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Valerie about
how to stop the binge eating cycle to lose weight
why she struggles with wanting to lose 20-25 pounds
how restricting leads to binge eating
why she stopped going to WW
how to normalize your relationship with food and treats
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 30, 2020 |
Why It’s Important To Focus On Actions, Not Outcomes With Tanya Shaw
1:05:26
In episode 424 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with returning guest Tanja Shaw about
how to avoid the extremes of restrictive eating and overeating
why some people focus on weight loss
why it's important to focus on actions, not outcomes
hot to not get trapped in the diet cycle
why self-trust is required for health and weight
how to find your nurturing voice
why small consistent habits can rewire the brain
how to learn to accept and love the little things
why you should focus on your life with the end in mind
and more!
Learn more about Tanja Shaw here: https://www.tanjashaw.com
Are you ready to get the help you need?
Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 23, 2020 |
How You Can Focus On Finding Your Maintenance Calories | Half Size Me
50:38
In episode 423 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her recent experience in New York City and what happened when her son was rushed to the hospital and tested for COVID-19 (Coronavirus). She also talks with Nancy about
how she lost 75 pounds but then gained 10 back
why her goal is to not gain more
how she can maintain her weight
what she finds triggering
how she will focus on finding her maintenance calories
why she is letting go of losing the last 10 pounds focusing for
and more!
Are you ready to get the help AND the support you need?
To learn more about the HSM Community, CLICK HERE: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Use code HSMC40OFF at checkout to get 40% off your first month in the HSM Community!
Or use code HSMC20OFF at checkout to get 20% off a three-month membership in the HSM Community!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 16, 2020 |
Dulce Lost 100 Pounds And Discovered “Fast” Weight Loss Is Not So Fast | Half Size Me
51:15
In episode 422 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dulce, who lost 100 pounds, about
why "fast" weight loss is not so fast
how she had her wake up call about her weight
how she learned she was not eating enough
why it took her five months to find her maintenance calories
how she is finding her way back to a deficit to finish losing weight
what are the many gifts she's discovered during her journey
and more!
Are you ready to get the help you need?
Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 09, 2020 |
Ask Coach Heather: Why Am I Struggling With Defining Maintenance? | Half Size Me
45:12
In episode 421 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Donna about
why she is struggling with defining maintenance for herself
why traveling a lot causes her to struggle with eating away from home
what she can do to clarify what maintenance looks like on the scale and in her behaviors
how she can find her maintenance calories
and more!
Are you ready to get the help you need?
Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 02, 2020 |
Ask Coach Heather: Why Am I Struggling With “On and Off” Dieting? | Half Size Me
52:00
In episode 420 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lynsey about
why she is struggling with "on and off" dieting
what she struggles with when she feels she is eating well
why she eats over her calories
how many years she spent trying to lose weight fast
how she can create a 3-year plan to lose weight slowly
why it's important to eat at maintenance calories or a deficit
what she needs to reduce to help her lose weight
and more!
Get your Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=8
Use coupon code FEB20OFF at checkout to get 20% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 24, 2020 |
How Truck Driver Grace Lost Weight While Being Kinder To Herself
36:05
In episode 419 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Grace about how to be kinder to yourself while losing weight and
how growing up in a large family affected her
what her husband did when they got married
why exercising to lose weight but not changing eating habits does not work
what happened after she had two children
why she felt tracking calories was stressful
what her life is like as a female truck driver
what she wishes she could go back and tell herself
and more!
Want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss? One where YOU create the program that works best for YOU? Go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 17, 2020 |
Why One Indulgent Meal Per Day Can Help You During Holidays or Vacations | Half Size Me
39:11
In episode 418 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sami about
why she is struggling with eating during her holiday week
why eating one indulgent and two regular meals per day can help
why an air fryer could help her
and more!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 10, 2020 |
Is “Dieting Down” For An Event Ever A Good Idea?
47:13
In episode 417 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dakota about
why he wants to lose weight
how he's doing after submitting a question regarding "dieting down"
how he is going to work on tracking at a higher calorie target and planning for weekends
why it's important to pre-track treats
and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use coupon code 15OFFFEB20 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 03, 2020 |
Why Making Connections Is Important For Your Health
36:50
In episode 416 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Heidi about
why making connections is important for your health
how to find new, fun activities to do when family visits when instead of using food
why she's struggled with her weight for a long time
and more!
Get your End Emotional Eating Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=9
Use coupon code EEE2020 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 27, 2020 |
Why It’s Important to Practice Before Going Out To Eat
37:42
In episode 415 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Cami about
how she gained weight after following a commercial weight loss plan
why she needs to eat at maintenance calories for two weeks
how she plans to eat with her family at restaurants
why it's important to practice by picking meals ahead of time
what her concerns are about her daughter's body image
and more!
Get your Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=10
Use coupon code FTWG15 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 20, 2020 |
Why You Should NOT Gear Up For Weight Loss This Year
49:49
In episode 414 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ann about why she needs to focus on slow habit change to lose weight and not "gear up" for weight loss and
what she can do to stop binge eating
why she feels resistant to anything that looks like a diet
when she will make her meal plan to prepare for the week
why she will ask herself what she is willing to change
and more!
Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7
Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off your coaching cast today!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 13, 2020 |
Half Size Me: How To Stop Eating Too Much At Night
36:01
In episode 413 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corrie about
why she's struggled extreme dieting
what types of workouts she loves the most
what she's doing to help her stop eating too much at night
and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 06, 2020 |
You Don’t Need to Lose Weight Before Getting What You Want
1:04:45
In episode 412 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sonja about why you don't need to lose weight before getting what you want and
why she started dieting drinking Diet Tab soda at age 11
how she went from cleanses to all different kinds of diets
what is unfair about metabolism
how to get beyond the bad habits
why it's so important to hold yourself accountable
what it means to be 48 years old and starting a new journey
and more!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU?
Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 30, 2019 |
How To Identify Your Diet Cycle Triggers
47:38
In episode 411 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares with you her webinar on breaking the diet cycle. She talks about
how to identify your diet cycle triggers
how to lose weight by focusing on your habits
why you won't stick with extreme diets
what the $2 diet is and how it works
how to lose weight in 2020 differently than you have in the past
and more!
Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7
Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 23, 2019 |
How To Lose Weight Without Counting Calories
56:27
In episode 410 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listeners questions and then has a coaching call with Jennifer about how to lose weight without counting calories and
why she thought had everything down with her habits and weight, but then regained
where she can find the time to do meal planning
what she will add into her weekly routine when she wants to get treats
what trick will help add more veggies to her dinner
what tips she can use to overcome her struggle with binge eating
and more!
Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7
Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 16, 2019 |
Why “Healthy” Snacks Can Derail Your Goals
42:06
In episode 409 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listeners' questions about weight loss and she talks with her guest, Kelly, about
why eating "healthy" snacks are derailing her goals
how delaying gratification will help her
what is causing her to gain back the weight she lost
how single servings of Cheez-Its will help her lose weight
how to pre-track the food she really wants to eat
and more!
Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/etfp
And get 25% off at checkout when you use promo code: ETFPDEC19
Use coupon code ETFPDEC2019 at checkout for 25% off!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 09, 2019 |
The Half Size Me Manifesto and Normalizing Treats
35:43
In episode 408 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her Half Size Me Manifesto and explains what Half Size Me is and what it is not. She also talks with guest Valerie about
how to develop skills to overcome binge eating
why we all need to normalize "treats"
and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
And use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off!
Get on the Half Size Me Program + Community Support Waiting List here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get on the list for a BIG DISCOUNT when we open in December!
Use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 02, 2019 |
How To Deal With Emotional Eating During The Holidays
52:28
In episode 407 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares a webinar she did about emotional eating during the holidays and how you can overcome it. She also talked about
how to have the treats you want during the holidays
why feeling guilty about what you eat isn't serving you
how you can strategize to overcome emotional eating
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 25, 2019 |
Why Self-Love Can Help With Your Health And Weight Loss
53:10
Learn why self-love can help with your health and weight loss in episode 406 of The Half Size Me™ Show as Heather answers listener questions and then talks with special guest Cecilia about
how self-love has helped her get healthier and work on weight loss
how she plans on losing weight for her upcoming wedding
what eating disorder she's struggled with in the past
what technique she can use to stay on top of her meal planning and grocery shopping
why she feels she can make these changes and stick with them to help with weight loss
and more!
Learn more about the benefits of the HSM Program and Support Community membership here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your Stop Dieting and Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7#
Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout!
Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 18, 2019 |
How Weight Loss Honesty Helped Kira Lose 115 Pounds
51:05
In episode 405 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kira about how weight loss honesty helped her lose 115 pounds and
how she dealt with family members making comments about her weight
what to do when losing weight while taking care of an ill family member
why she had to learn that weight loss honesty was key to making progress
how she learned to catch herself as she slowly gained weight
and more!
Want to learn what the HSM Program is all about? Go here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast about changing your mindset around weight loss. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or have struggled with weight loss for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds and has maintained her weight loss range since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. She shares her own weight loss lessons and struggles with you and shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 11, 2019 |
Half Size Me: What You Can Do To Find Your Maintenance Calories
48:07
In episode 404 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Nora about
how she became 10 pounds heavier in the last 2 years
why she can eat more now than when she first had bariatric surgery
how she found her maintenance calories
what she can do to reduce her calories to bring her weight back down
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
Get your teaching toolkit of Fight The Weight Gain!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 04, 2019 |
Half Size Me: What Is Heather's Secret Struggle? PLUS How To Avoid Getting Tricked By The Treats
51:59
In episode 403 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her personal weight loss update (including what she's been struggling with), plus you'll get to listen to a replay of a live webinar she recorded about how to avoid getting tricked by treats this Halloween.
You'll also learn about how to
delay gratification and why it can pay off in a big way
strategically have treats every day without losing control
gain control over your trigger foods so they no longer overwhelm you
transform your holiday season so it works for you, not against you
and much, much more!
Get the ESCAPE THE FOOD PRISON Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/escape
If you purchase it before midnight on Halloween and use PROMO CODE: ETFP30 at checkout, you'll get 30% off!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 28, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Why New Teachers Struggle With Their Weight
55:39
In episode 402 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Katie about why new teachers struggle with gaining weight and
what teachers receive that leads to weight gain
what her tips for first-year teachers are to help keep the focus on health
how teachers can put in boundaries around their time
why she gained 10 pounds of weight per year
how international teaching looks different than teaching in the USA
what changes led to her losing 35 pounds in a year
why joining Half Size Me Program has helped her learn to maintain
what she finds to be the hardest part of maintenance
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 21, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Making A Better Plan When You’re Struggling With Weight Loss
52:42
In episode 401 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather works with Nancy on how to make a better plan when struggling with weight loss and
why she has joined WW over 5 times lost the weight and gained it back
why she is struggling with the weekends and over eating
how she gained 20 pounds over the last year
how to lose the weight and keep it off
what plan she needs to follow to maintain
why she now has a better plan for weekend
how to budget her calories on the weekend
and more!
Need help with mastering your calories? Then checkout the Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/calories
Want to know how to fight the weight (re)gain? Then checkout the Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/fight
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 14, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Stay Active As You Get Older (and It’s EPISODE 400!)
59:07
In EPISODE 400 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Beverly about
how going to a TOPS meeting in 6th grade affected her
why she ate for entertainment after getting married
how she helped herself with weight lifting, a supportive environment, and finding things she liked to eat and enjoy
how she lost 60 pounds in her 50s and 60s
how to stay more active as she's gotten older
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 07, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Why You Need To Focus On Maintaining
47:36
In episode 399 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listener questions. And Heather also talks with her guest Sandra about
how she lost 30 pounds
how she’s dealt with binge eating issues
why she needs to focus on maintaining
how she’s learning to enjoy the foods she‘s missed for the last 1 - 2 years
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 30, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Healthy Parents Equal Healthy Families
1:14:34
In episode 398 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her Parent Education Night - Healthy Parents = Healthy Families webinar with you. She covered a lot in this webinar, including
how to break out of parent guilt and start taking action
what the American Academy of Pediatrics recommends for children regarding weight issues
how you can start to move yourself and your family towards healthier living
what is a "normal" range of weight gain for a child going through puberty
and more!
To get your free Healthy Parents = Healthy Families download go to https://halfsizeme.com/family
Resources
Parent-Shaming Is Changing The Way We Raise Children
The Difference Between Shame and Guilt: A Guide for Parents’ Expectations
Johns Hopkins: Your Child's Weight
South Riding Pediatrics: Q&A with Our Doctors
Physical Changes During Puberty
Kids Health: Eating Disorders
Kids Health: Overweight and Obesity
AAP: Preventing Obesity and Eating Disorders in Adolescents
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 23, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Why Changing Your Relationships Can Help You Reach Your Goals
1:00:09
In episode 397 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listener questions. Plus, she talks to her guest Shannon about
why ending a co-dependent relationship was essential to her success and
why she decided she needed to take action for herself and her daughter and
how focusing on weekly weight loss helped her stay on track and
how one year of maintenance has helped build up her confidence
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 16, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Find A Maintainable Weight By Focusing On Maintenance
53:52
In episode 396 of The Half Size Me™ Show it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions talks to Marian about
why she wants to lose weight this time with a better plan
why she is concerned about not getting the praise of others
how she can find a maintainable weight by focusing on maintenance
and more!
Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast.
Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 09, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Why It’s So Important To Take Care Of Yourself
50:09
In episode 395 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Christine about
how to take care of yourself when you have a special needs child
how the loss of a parent who was overweigth affected her
how she has battled her issues with food
why it's critical to take care of yourself
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 02, 2019 |
Half Size Me: 10 Reasons Why You Are Unable to Hit Your Calorie Deficit
1:03:03
In episode 394 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 49), Heather shares a webinar she did with you where she talks about
how to figure out your maintenance calories
what are the 10 things that prevent you from hitting your calorie deficit
why you need to plan out your weekend eating
how to stop problematic eating (binge eating, night time eating, etc.)
how to navigate eating during special events and holidays
and more!
Get your FREE downloadable PDF at https://halfsizeme.com/fblcalories
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 26, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Bonus – Heather Weighs In On The WW Kurbo App For Kids
18:19
In this bonus episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her thoughts and feelings about the WW Kurbo app for kids.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 23, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Overcome Obstacles And Find Yourself Again
46:15
In episode 393 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lisa about
how compliments about being skinny impacted her self worth when she was young
what she had to do to overcome an eating disorder
how her eating disorder recovery gave her her life back
how she finally got control over her binge eating
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 19, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Stop Night Time Overeating
36:24
In episode 392 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 48), Heather talks to Deborah about
how to stop nighttime overeating
why she struggles with losing weight
how she is going to plan in a 250 calorie snack
what she's going to do to add variation to her food choices
and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
Click the image to learn more!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 12, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Care For Yourself While Recovering From An Injury
46:16
In episode 391 of The Half Size Me™ Show , Heather talks to Emily about
why getting to her lowest weight did not make her feel good
how she got control over her binge eating by changing what she ate
how to care for yourself while recovering from an injury
why she stopped running and started strength training
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 05, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Transform Your Travel and How It Affects Your Weight
57:20
In episode 390 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 47), Heather talks to you about how to transform your travel and
how it affects your weight
what is the proper way to approach "dieting" while traveling
what are helpful tips she uses to not gain weight while traveling
and more!
Get the Transform Your Travel Teaching Toolkit at https://halfsizeme.com/transform
Get your FREE Travel-Friendly Foods guide to download at https://halfsizeme.com/travelfood
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 29, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Struggling To Find Balance With Treats, Wine, and Maintaining Your Weight
38:43
In episode 389 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 46), Heather answers listener questions, gives an update on previous caller Teneile (episode 374), and talks to Meredith about
why she has weight cycled between 140-165 and has since college
why she is struggling to find balance with treats, wine, and maintaining weight
why baking for others leads to eating more baked goods
why she's deciding to bump her WW goal weight up
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 22, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Feel Grateful For Your Body
40:03
In episode 388 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about
why she realized she still needed to improve her habits after getting gastric bypass surgery
what habits she wished she had incorporated before surgery
how she learned to see how others viewed her body as opinions, not facts
how she learned to feel gratitude for her body and appreciate its imperfections
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 15, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Deal With Scarcity Around Food
44:47
In episode 387 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 45), Heather talks to Adriana about
what it's like living in maintenance for the past year
what she does when she feels like she'll lose control and gain the weight back
what she's doing to navigate changes in her life
how to deal with scarcity around food
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 08, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How Engaging With Community Helps With Getting And Staying Healthy
54:44
clone tag: 7249882021016997249
In episode 386 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lauren about
how she lost weight naturally while living in South Korea but gained it back
how she uses the awesome point system as a way to reward her habits
why she applied to be a moderator in the Half Size Me Community
why engaging in the HSM Community helps with her own weight loss and mental health
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 01, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Fight The Weight Gain
1:02:10
In episode 385 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 44), Heather talks to you about how to fight the weight gain and
what leads to weight regain
why you should expect relapses in your habits
what to do after a relapse
how to go about things differently this time
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 24, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Why Losing Weight Slowly Is Faster Than Losing Weight Quickly
47:00
In episode 384 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to DeDe about
how she stopped the yo-yo diet cycle after 5 decades
why the process of slow weight loss was "faster" than losing weight quickly
how you can lose weight after going through menopause
what she realized she had to do to maintain her weight
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 17, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Break Free From All Or Nothing Thinking
48:59
In episode 383 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 43), Heather answers listener questions and talks to Amie about
why meal planning 3 hours a day is not working for her
how simple meal plans can lead to more accuracy and willingnesses to track food
how to break free from "all or nothing" thinking
and more!
Check out Refuse To Quit Again Coaching Cast!
Resources Mentioned In This Episode
Click the image above to learn more!
Click the image above to learn more!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 10, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Taking A Slower Approach To Weight Loss As A Path To Success
51:25
In episode 382 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dilma about
how, as a scientist, she wades through all the diet information
why living in Brazil when she was young made her feel more pressure to lose weight
what her 10-year-plan is to lose the last 20 pounds
how she learned to take a slow weight loss approach and not allowing drama in her life
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 03, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To End Emotional Eating
45:52
In episode 381 (Ask Coach Heather 42) of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her End Emotional Eating webinar with you as she talks about
- why emotional eating can be a sign of avoiding pain or used as a way of creating a feeling of joy,
- why emotional eating is really about self-judgment,
- why the stories we tell ourselves matter,
- and why we must be an advocate for our own needs.
Go to: https://halfsizeme.com/hsm381 for the show notes of this episode.
More Resources Shared In This Episode:
**********
CLICK HERE: To Join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list!
Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 27, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Stop Self-Sabotaging With Weight Lifting And Losing Weight
47:43
In episode 380 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 41), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Joanie about
how to become stronger and lift weights when you're in your 50s
what are the two most important factors with strength training
how to stop self-sabotaging when it comes to weight lifting and losing weight
and more!
Resource mentioned
https://www.strong.app
https://www.niashanks.com/two-day-strength-program/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 20, 2019 |
Half Size Me: The Importance of Setting Boundaries and Time Management
52:43
In episode 379 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jan about
how she went from an overweight former athlete to a physical education teacher
what helped her realize the importance of boundaries and time management
what it took to stop trying to do it like everyone else and to start looking inward
how she gained control over her food despite feeling rebellious about it since she was a kid
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 13, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Getting Control Over Nighttime and Compulsive Eating
45:39
In episode 378 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 40), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Rickie about
why she's struggling with compulsive eating and nighttime eating
how to get control over her nighttime eating when she's feeling anxious
why unstructured time can cause you to make poor food choices
and more!
Get your coaching cast now!
(Click the image below.)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 06, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Change Your Mind and Habits
47:12
In episode 377 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Connie about
how she gained weight as a newlywed
how her mind and habits have evolved
how to revamp her favorite foods to enjoy them more often
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 29, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Stop Dieting, Start Losing
38:21
In episode 376 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 39), Heather shares with you her webinar, Stop Dieting, Start Losing, where she discusses
why so many diet attempts fail
what the yo-yo diet cycle is and how to avoid falling into it
how to be honest with yourself about "fast" and "easy" weight loss programs
and more!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 22, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Turn Your Behavior Around And Become a Maintainer
39:01
In episode 375 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Inger about
how learned she is emotionally stronger than she thought
why she lost control and found herself binge eating
how she is turning her behavior around and maintaining
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 15, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Losing Weight With Maintenance In Mind
47:12
In episode 374 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 38), Heather answers several listener questions and talks with Teneile about
self-sabotaging with treats
planning in treats on purpose
losing weight with maintenance in mind
and more!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 08, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Letting Go Of Control To Improve Your Mindset and Health
49:13
In episode 373 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Aline about
why she had to let go of control to improve her mindset and health
how she deals with the daily fight between the two voices in her head battling over the last 10 pounds
how she learned that food is not the issue but rather the vehicle for the real problem she is facing
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 01, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Escape The Food Prison
42:08
In episode 372 of the Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 37), Heather shares with you her webinar on how to Escape the Food Prison.
You'll learn
what the different types of food prisons you might be stuck in are
what different techniques you can use right now to break free from those food prisons
how to begin having treats in a responsible way
how to establish your food foundation to support a healthy lifestyle
and more
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 25, 2019 |
Half Size Me: How To Restart Again After Years Of Yo-Yo Dieting
48:12
In episode 371 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Carrie about
why maintenance was not in her vocabulary
how to restart again after years of yo-yo dieting
how cheese and dessert helped her find her maintainable weight
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 18, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Struggling With All Or Nothing Thinking Around Losing Weight
50:31
In episode 370 of The Half Size Me Show, it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions. She also talks to guest Kendra about
struggling with all or nothing thinking around socializing and losing weight
creating a plan so she can move forward with her goals and still have fun
handling how to eat at work events so she can be successful
and more!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 11, 2019 |
Half Size Me: Stop Looking for Quick Weight Loss and Fast Results
40:33
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Mary about
why age is not a factor because losing weight it is more about consistency
why those in the caring professions, like nurses, need to focus on their own health and care to be able to help others
how she learned to finally settle down and not look for quick weight loss and fast results
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 04, 2019 |
Half Size Me Bonus: Coaching Casts and Refuse To Quit Again Webinar
55:36
In this BONUS EPISODE of the Half Size Me Show Ask, Heather shares with you
big news about her brand-new coaching cast series
a replay of her information-packed Refuse To Quit Again webinar
a listener-only discount
and more!
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 28, 2019 |
368 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 035 – How To Streamline Your Approach To Achieve Your Goals
48:48
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Nacie about
how to overcome a plateau when you're almost to your goal weight
what things she can focus on to help her get the scale to move
how to streamline her approach to achieve her goals
and more!
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 25, 2019 |
367 – Half Size Me: How to Make Changes That Help You and Your Family
47:53
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Thom about
why he is focusing on maintenance during his weight loss journey
how he implements sustainable change into his plan
how these changes are improving not only his life but his wife's as well
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 18, 2019 |
366 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 034 – How To Accept Compliments Without Self-sabotaging
52:42
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Lorraine about how to
plan and track food you don’t cook for yourselfwork on getting your partner on your weight loss teamfind maintenance calories on Weight Watchersaccept compliments without self-sabotagingand more!
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 11, 2019 |
365 – Half Size Me: Why Happiness Needs To Be Your Guide When Finding A Maintainable Weight
56:54
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Don about why
losing weight won't make you happy but instead can open up opportunities for you to explore happinessletting go of control and learning to adapt are lessons he has learned during weight maintenancegaining back some weight while having major life change is normal happiness needs to be your guide when finding a maintainable weight and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 04, 2019 |
364 – Half Size Me: Meal Planning Made Simple – How You Can Still Eat The Food You Love And Lose Weight!
44:37
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather shares a recent webinar where she presented on the topic of meal planning made simple.
She covered many of the aspects of meal planning people struggle with (and how to solve them), including showing you
what type of meal planner you arewhy we struggle with meal planning consistently how eating frozen pizza and take out food led to a 30-pound weight loss how you can still eat the food you love and lose weightand more!
CLICK HERE to get the Meal Planning Made Simple Audio Course!
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 28, 2019 |
363 – Half Size Me: How To Prioritize Time For Yourself (Ask Coach Heather Session 33)
40:22
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather talks with Charlene about
what to do regarding weight regain during a divorce how to deal with the struggle of not having clothes that fithow to prioritize time for herself while advocating for her children with special needshow to overcome emotional night eating
You will also get to hear about
a listener's email regarding how Heather determines her weight maintenance calculationsHeather's 7-year anniversary of losing her weightand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
Resources to check out regarding mean, range and rounding weight fluctuation:
https://www.healthline.com/health/weight-fluctuation
https://betterexplained.com/articles/how-to-analyze-data-using-the-average/
https://www.thoughtco.com/what-is-the-range-in-statistics-3126248
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roundinghttps://www.mathsisfun.com/rounding-numbers.html
https://www.statisticshowto.datasciencecentral.com/significant-digits-rounding-statistics/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 21, 2019 |
362 – Half Size Me: Silencing Your Inner Critic With Robin
57:01
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Robin about
why she reached out to Heather for help two-and-a-half years agowhy investing in 20 years of weight loss led to her gaining 90 poundshow she has learned to silence her inner critic toand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 14, 2019 |
361 – Half Size Me: How to Lose The Weight You’ve Regained (Ask Coach Heather Session 032)
41:42
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather works with Leslie, working with her on
what to do when you've maintained weight loss for a year and then gain it backhow to lose the weight you've regainedhow perimenopause impacts long-term weight maintenancehow to go from tracking weight watchers points to counting caloriesand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 07, 2019 |
360 – Half Size Me: Learning To Let Get Go With Radhika
1:02:56
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Radhika about
why trying to be smaller her whole life has kept her unhappy how she realized her goal weight was not her final destination how she stopped acting like a robot and learned to let go of what she thought she should be and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 31, 2018 |
359 – Half Size Me: Setting Food Boundaries With Megan
53:30
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Megan about
why she's never had a problem with binge eating and secret eatingwhat she's done to set food boundaries while traveling and how it's helped herhow she lost weight while traveling for work 50% to 80% of the timeand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 23, 2018 |
358 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 31
43:11
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather talks to you about
what triggers to watch for so you don't start the diet cyclewhat are the phases of the diet cyclehow to be prepared for the diet season (so you don't fall victim again)and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go to: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 17, 2018 |
357 – Half Size Me: Changing Your Mindset Around Weight Loss With Jaime
38:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jaime about
what she would recommend to her younger self about meditation and therapywhy she realizes the importance of changing mindset around weight loss how she handles emotional eating triggers differently nowand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 10, 2018 |
356 – Half Size Me: Overcoming People Pleasing With Michelle
42:26
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about
how she worked on overcoming people pleasingwhat she realized was a trigger to binge eat how her weight management journey began and what she is doing to maintain her weight
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 03, 2018 |
355 – Half Size Me: How To Let Go Of The “Shoulds” In Your Life With Chrissy
47:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chrissy about
how to let go of the "shoulds" in your lifehow to stop comparing your body to otherswhy balance in your life is key to finding a weight you can sustainand more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 26, 2018 |
354 – Half Size Me: Why There’s No “Getting It Right” Just “Keep Going” With Ilene
59:23
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Ilene about
why letting go of perfection while on this journey is beneficialwhat she’s discovered is helpful when battling binge eatingwhy there's no "getting it right" just "keep going"and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 19, 2018 |
353 – Half Size Me: Pushing Past A 6-Month Plateau With Rebecca
52:55
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about
how she pushed past a 6-month plateauhow she changed her mindset to allow herself to stay consistentwhy she has to be careful of the stories she tells herselfwhy she views the HSM community as counterculture because of its message regarding weight loss, maintenance and self-love
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 12, 2018 |
352 – Half Size Me: Living An Active And Fulfilling Life With Jane
45:20
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jane about
how she lost 115 pounds and reduced her medicine and A1C levelswhat she finally needed to do live an active and fulfilling lifewhy she had to have healthy habits to succeed after having weight loss surgeryand more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 05, 2018 |
351 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 030
41:26
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener questions to you about
how to make peace with eating 1200 calories a day because you have a lower than average TDEE
what to do during your menstrual cycle to avoid self-sabotage
how to not be fearful of the question "are you willing to do this for the rest of your life?"
how do you know if you're hiring the right coach
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 29, 2018 |
350 – Half Size Me: Interview with Dr. Yoni Freedhoff, Author of The Diet Fix
56:20
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dr. Freedhoff about
how you need to address the topic of weight with your doctorswhat behaviors lead to long-term weight managementhow we can help kids with weight-related issues
To find out more about Dr. Freedhoff, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 22, 2018 |
349 – Half Size Me: Finding Your Motivation To Eat Well and Exercise With Dorothy
1:02:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dorothy about
what she had to let go of to find a healthy-eating balance she could live with
why we struggle with how others view our bodies, not from an inward, but an outward gaze
why she had to focus on her health to motivate her to eat well and exercise
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 15, 2018 |
348 – Half Size Me: How To Feel Satisfied And Still Make Progress
46:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chris about
why she warns us to avoid extreme diets based on what she's witnessed over the years
why she views losing weight in your 60s as a bonus
how you can enjoy the process, feel satisfied, and still want to make progress
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 08, 2018 |
347 – Half Size Me: Focus On Sustainable Habit Changes With Kelly
48:39
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kelly about
why she chose to focus on sustainable habit changes instead of rushing her weight loss
why using extrinsic motivators like gifts, money, and prizes can create problems with weight loss
how she got off blood pressure medication and got to a normal A1 C level
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 01, 2018 |
346 – Half Size Me: Giving Yourself Permission To Be Happy
45:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Alissa about
how she had to double her protein and start lifting weights to get to her goal weight and see her body change
how she had to give herself permission to be happy with her weight and not continue to pursue more weight loss
how her mindset has changed about the process of losing weight and keeping it off by being kinder to herself
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 24, 2018 |
345 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 029 – How To Start Liking Your Body As It Is Today
32:59
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks to you about
how to let go of binary choices and start liking your body as it is today, not only when you hit a certain weight goal
why learning to appreciate your body needs to start from a place of neutrality
why you don’t have to abandon our health goals to love your body
why you do not have to be filled with self-loathing to be motivated to exercise and eat less
how we can begin to learn how to have a better relationship with our body and still bring positive changes into our lives
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 17, 2018 |
344 – Half Size Me: Is Building Muscle Possible As We Age?
57:17
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Susan about
how to kick Mother Nature in the butt if you want to be healthy and strong in the second half of your life
how to view fat and weight loss differently after years of focusing on the scale
why building muscle is possible as we age
and much more!
Go here to learn more about Susan.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 10, 2018 |
343 – Half Size Me: Finding A Weight That Allows You To Live A More Satisfied Life
53:47
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Auntie Peg about
how she learned losing weight would not bring her happiness in other areas of her life
how she found a weight that allowed her to live a more satisfied life
what she realized was the missing piece of her weight loss puzzle
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 03, 2018 |
342 – Half Size Me: How Eating Healthier Helps With Depression
52:29
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lindsey about
how eating healthier helps with depression
what her first key to weight loss was
what were the steps she used to gain control over binge eating
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 27, 2018 |
341 – Half Size Me: Take A Time Out From Losing Weight With Jamie
53:37
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jamie about
what caused her to gain back the weight after losing it
why she has chosen to take a time out from losing weight to focus on the mental side of weight loss
what two foods she will not give up to reach her goal
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 20, 2018 |
340 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 028 – 6 Tips For Dealing With Weight Regain After Weight Loss
34:05
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks about her 6 tips on what to do if you've regained weight you've already lost.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 13, 2018 |
339 – Half Size Me: How To Make Peace With the Process With Kristen
57:20
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kristen about
why she had to gain weight to learn how to lose and keep it off
how she learned to accept she'll always have to work at maintaining her weight
how she's made peace with the process
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 06, 2018 |
338 – Half Size Me: How Theresa Changed Her Mindset To Lose 110 Pounds
45:18
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Theresa about
why she did not focus on weight loss for the first several weeks of her journey and instead focused on her healthy habits
how she changed her mindset around her weight loss to lose 110 pounds
why she joined the Half Size Me Community to help her navigate her weight maintenance journey
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 30, 2018 |
337 – Half Size Me: Traveling and Maintaining Your Weight With Katie
40:21
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about
what she wished she'd known about the side effects of using HCG after losing the weight
how she lost 43 pounds using a more loving approach and not assigning a deadline
how she travels and maintains her weight
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 23, 2018 |
336 – Half Size Me: Creating Healthy Guidelines With Food Instead of Harsh Rules With Eileen
48:27
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Eileen about
why she had to set relationship boundaries before she could focus on her weight loss journey
how she created healthy guidelines with food instead of harsh rules
how she went from high blood pressure and hypertensive crisis to a healthy blood pressure after losing 80 pounds
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 16, 2018 |
335 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 027 – Listener Questions!
41:54
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener questions about
how to help a teenager feel empowered and positive after gaining weight
how to deal with backhanded compliments
how to know if the HSM community is right for you
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
https://www.webmd.com/add-adhd/childhood-adhd/news/20140317/adhd-drugs-linked-to-later-weight-gain-in-kids#1
https://www.reuters.com/article/us-adhd-medications/adhd-medications-tied-to-teenage-weight-gain-idUSBREA2H1HD20140318
Strength training
https://www.livestrong.com/article/104763-weighttraining-exercises-15yearolds/
https://teens.webmd.com/strength-training-tips#1
https://www.muscleforlife.com/teen-weightlifting/
https://www.building-muscle101.com/weight-training-routine-for-teens.html
http://www.safefood.eu/Healthy-Eating/Food-Diet/Life-Stages/Teens/Fuelling-your-sport.aspx
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 09, 2018 |
334 – Half Size Me: How To Stop Gaming The Diet System With Racheal
53:46
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rachael about
how she learned to stop gaming the diet system and focus on
permanent habit change
how she learned she is capable of doing things she once thought were impossible
why she chose to remove a lot of negativity and noise from her Facebook feed
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 02, 2018 |
333 – Half Size Me: Why We Need Love And Respect For Our Body Before Trying To Change It With Amber
50:13
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Amber about
why having 6 pack abs is not a good goal and won't make you happy
why we need love and respect for our body before trying to change it
how her mother gave her an amazing gift of focusing on health and
not weight from a very young age
and much more!
To learn more about Amber, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 25, 2018 |
332 – Half Size Me: How To Accept Your Journey Will Take As Long As It Needs To
55:09
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Heather about
how she got control over her anxiety and depression (and made progress with her weight)
how she learned to track data to make peace with the scale
what it took to help her accept this journey will take as long as it needs to
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 18, 2018 |
331 – Half Size Me: How Rene Stopped Worrying About Being Skinny And Instead Focused On Being Strong
50:58
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rene about
what she did during a 4-to-5 month plateau to keep herself moving forward
how she learned to stop worrying about being skinny and instead focused on being strong
how she learned to jump in and take action when things change instead of worrying
and much more!
To learn more about Rene, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 11, 2018 |
330 – Half Size Me: How To Battle Your Mindset To Maintain Your Weight Loss With Maggie
1:05:01
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Maggie about
what it took for her to realize she is and always was an awesome person
how she battled her mindset to maintain her weight loss
what she learned about working past resentment in the coaching process
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 04, 2018 |
329 – Half Size Me: Become Empowered To Care For Yourself With Celeste
45:19
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Celeste about
what she had to change to maintain her weight loss over the last 4 years
how she helps others become empowered to care for themselves
what she discovered was the key to being happier in her journey
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 28, 2018 |
328 – Half Size Me: How To Make Changes To Your Health From A Place of Self Love
43:25
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Amanda about
how she started her weight loss journey from a place of self-love
how she began to see her extra skin as a trophy for all the work she put in losing the weight
how to make changes for your health from a place of self-love
and much more!
To learn more about Amanda, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 21, 2018 |
327 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 026 – Answering Listener Questions!
46:56
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener emails and voicemails about
what to do when your spouse or partner won't stop bringing junk food into your home
how to be effective at meal planning
how to dial in your eating to lose the last 10-15 pounds
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 14, 2018 |
326 – Half Size Me: How Renee Lost 50 Pounds After Her Third Child Was Born!
45:14
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Renee about
why she stayed in the Half Size Me Community when she was pregnant
what she realized she needs to do for the rest of her life
how she had to set boundaries around exercise and talking about her body
how she lost 50 pounds after her third son was born
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 07, 2018 |
325 – Half Size Me: How Self-Care Differs From Self-Improvement With Krista Scott Dixon
48:11
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Krista Scott Dixon of Precision Nutrition about
how to begin the process of self-care
how self-care differs from self-improvement
how to know if you should go to the lowest weight you think you want
and much more!
To learn more about Krista, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 30, 2018 |
324 – Half Size Me: Why Accountability And Support Is Key To Long-Term Weight Loss With James Krieger
46:29
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to James Krieger of Weightology about
what are the top three things that will help your body fight the tendency to gain weight back
why accountability and support is key to long-term weight loss success
why slowing down when eating will help with satiation and weight loss
and much more!
To learn more about James, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 23, 2018 |
323 – Half Size Me: Facing Your Weight Loss Journey Without Resentment With Elsie
51:48
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Elsie about
what she had to finally be honest with herself about to lose the weight
why she had to be willing to learn from tracking her food and weight
what the things were she was willing to do without resentment to lose over 25 pounds and drop 2-3% body fat
how coaching with Heather helped her face her weight loss journey without resentment
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 16, 2018 |
322 – Half Size Me: How To Give Yourself Permission To Eat Fun Foods Responsibly And Other Tips
33:02
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather edition, Heather shares with you her coaching tips about
how to evaluate your eating on a scale of 1-to-10 versus judging it as either "good" or "bad"
what the biggest reasons are for why you aren't hitting your calorie target
how to give yourself permission to eat fun foods responsibly
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified-health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 09, 2018 |
321 – Half Size Me: Sustainable Weight Loss Is The Answer With Julie Tussey
54:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Julie about
why she had to learn about perimenopause and menopause and ways to deal with the symptoms
how she changed her mindset around weight loss so she could lose weight in a sustainable way
what changes she made to her eating and exercise while going thru menopause
and much more!
To learn more about Julie, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 02, 2018 |
320 – Half Size Me: How To Balance Your Life By Focusing On Your Health With Charlotte
44:21
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Charlotte about
how she learned to balance her life by focusing on her health and other interests
why letting go of the fear of being in a relationship helped her lose weight
how she focuses on one area of improvement for the whole year to have personal growth
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 26, 2018 |
319 – Half Size Me: Changing Your Body and Your Life With Terri
43:10
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Terri about
what she had to be confronted with to finally take action
how she radically changed her A1C and blood sugar levels in 90 days
what caused her to take "extreme" care of herself
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 19, 2018 |
318 – Half Size Me: Why Grace And Compassion Can Help With Weight Loss
49:39
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about
why learning about herself freed her from perfectionist thinking
why she had to approach weight loss from a less frantic place
why grace and compassion helped her with weight loss
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 12, 2018 |
317 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 024 – How To Know When To Take A Maintenance Break
1:03:52
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers several listener questions about
how to do strength training with knee issues
how to include fats in your diet while losing weight
how to know when to take a maintenance break
how to set a goal weight
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 05, 2018 |
316 – Half Size Me: Living Your Best Life With Julie
45:27
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Julie about
what made her realize she was not taking care of herself
what it took for her to see she was not living her best life
why she finally created the "Don't Eat Crap" diet
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 26, 2018 |
315 – Half Size Me: Learning To Love Your Body Instead of Resenting It With Shawna
50:43
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Shawna about
how she learned to love her body instead of resenting it
what healthy habits she had to learn to finish losing weight after getting a gastric sleeve
why she realized weight loss surgery shrank her stomach but did not fix her mind
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 19, 2018 |
314 – Half Size Me: How To Start Losing Weight Without A Weight Goal In Mind
43:48
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about
how finding support for her drinking helped her begin to take care of herself
why she did not start losing weight with a weight goal in mind
what it means to her now that she is 6 years sober and maintained a 40+ pound weight loss
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 12, 2018 |
313 – Half Size Me: How To Be A Critical Thinker While Losing Weight With Leigh Peele
55:48
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Leigh about
how to be a critical thinker while losing weight
how to know if someone is using science based research the correct way
what are the simple facts to fat loss you want to look for
and much more!
To learn more about Leigh, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 05, 2018 |
312 – Half Size Me: ACH 023 – Heather Shares Her Story
1:14:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, the tables are turned! Heather gets interviewed by fellow podcaster and Half Size Me Community member, Julie Tussey.
They discuss
why Heather gained weight as a child
what special message she would go back and tell herself
how she has kept her weight off
what she has learned about maintenance after 6 years of maintaining her weight
what the future plans are for Half Size Me
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 29, 2018 |
311 – Half Size Me: Reducing Stress to Help Lose Weight With Rachel
52:33
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rachel about
how PCOS impacts weight and health
what she did to reduce her stress and help with her weight loss
what she did so she could become more consistent with tracking
and much more!
To learn more about Jason, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 22, 2018 |
310 – Half Size Me: How To Start Your Journey In A New Way With Jason
42:36
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jason about
how to find a trainer who understands your needs
how to look for new ways to start your journey other than with food
why you need to learn lessons via trial and error
and much more!
To learn more about Jason, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 15, 2018 |
309 – Half Size Me: How To Communicate What You Need To Your Loved Ones With Donald
49:53
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Donald about
how Type 2 Diabetes led him to change his weight loss approach
what he did to prevent feeling deprived of the foods he loves
how to communicate what you need to your loved ones
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 08, 2018 |
308 – Half Size Me: Experimenting To Find What Works Best For You With Jenna
44:29
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jenna about
why she had to experiment for 9 years with weight loss to find what worked for her
why allowing more treats and fun in her life lead to better weight loss results
how she views the coaching process and how you can know when you need coaching
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 01, 2018 |
307 – Half Size Me: The Keys To True Happiness With Katie (Runs For Cookies)
52:44
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about
how facing mental health struggles helped her find happiness
why she now focuses on doing things that make her happy
why self-acceptance and self-love are really the keys to true happiness
and much more!
To learn more about Katie, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 25, 2017 |
306 – Half Size Me: How To Set Your Weight Loss Goals By Focusing On Benefits and Drawbacks With Lyle MacDonald (Part 2)
1:19:54
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lyle about
what kind of carbs (and how many) to eat if you're dealing with PCOS
what you need to know about the false research surrounding weight regain
how to set your weight loss goals by focusing on benefits and drawbacks
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 18, 2017 |
305 – Half Size Me: Getting the Best Results With Fat Loss – An Interview With Lyle MacDonald Part 1
1:00:45
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lyle about
how to diet "properly"
the two things he recommends all women do to get the best results with fat loss
how to lose weight in harmony with your cycle
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
BodyRecomposition.com (Lyle's site)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 11, 2017 |
304 – Half Size Me: ACH 022 – Why You Need To Grow, Change, and Learn To Re-Wire Your Brain To Make Weight Loss Possible
49:33
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
how to discuss weight and body image with your kids
why you need to grow, change and learn to re-wire your brain to make weight loss possible
how to help you push past a weight loss wall
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 04, 2017 |
303 – Half Size Me: How To Learn What Will And Won’t Work For You With Krissy
58:39
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Krissy about
how she learned what would not work for her based on her previous attempts at weight loss
how going to a plastic surgeon impacted her weight loss journey
what she would, and would not, be willing to do to achieve her fitness goals
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 27, 2017 |
302 – Half Size Me: Finding a Sustainable Approach to Weight Loss With Emily
46:05
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Emily about
why she had to find other interests to focus on after a lifetime of focusing on weight loss
how her struggle with bulimia caused her to focus on weight loss differently
what helped her realize her old approach to weight loss was not sustainable
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Recovery Warriors (podcast)
Intuitive Eating: A Revolutionary Program That Works (book)
Run Fast. Eat Slow.: Nourishing Recipes for Athletes (book)
Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead (book)
Big Magic: Creative Living Beyond Fear (book)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 20, 2017 |
301 – Half Size Me: How Jessy Lost 70 Pounds Without Giving Up Her Favorite Foods
46:57
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jessy about
what she did to make sure she could work exercise into her busy schedule
how she lost 70 pounds without giving up her favorite foods
what made her realize slow weight loss was better than fast weight loss
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
https://www.amazon.com/Daniel-Plan-Days-Healthier-Life/dp/0310344298
https://www.instagram.com/diaryofafitmommyofficial/?hl=en
https://www.vitamix.com/us/en_us/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 13, 2017 |
300 – Half Size Me: ACH 023 – The 6 Lessons You’ve Learned Listening To The Half Size Me Show
55:43
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about the 6 lessons you've learned listening to the Half Size Me Show!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 06, 2017 |
299 – Half Size Me: How To Gain Control Of Your Life After Gaining Back The Weight With Holli
50:05
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Holli about
what she had to find after she gained weight following weight loss surgery
how she deals with stress now after getting control over her weight
what she really learned after having gastric bypass surgery
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Dave Ramsey's Financial Peace
https://www.strava.com
http://www.myfitnesspal.com
Primal Potential (podcast)
Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast)
The Model Health Show (podcast)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 30, 2017 |
298 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Believe In Yourself To Change Your Mindset And Your Body With Marty Wolfe
56:57
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Marty about
what he learned about himself after being a contestant on the Biggest Loser
why taking care of yourself needs to happen before focusing on weight loss
why we must believe in ourselves to change our mindset and our bodies
and much more!
To learn more about Marty, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 23, 2017 |
297 – Half Size Me: Why You Don’t Want To “Borrow” Weight Loss Only To Regain It With Bryan
40:21
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bryan about
how he hit rock bottom at almost 600 pounds
what he did to help him start his weight loss
why he did not want to "borrow" weight loss only to regain it later
and much more!
To learn more about Bryan, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 16, 2017 |
296 – Half Size Me: Why Enjoying The Process Of Weight Loss Is Key To Doing It In A Sustainable Way With Chris
44:51
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chris about
why she had to lose and regain the same 80 pounds multiple times before realizing she needed to go slower in the process
why enjoying the process of weight loss is key to doing it in a sustainable way
how her journey to losing over 70 pounds started with a jug of water
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 09, 2017 |
295 – Half Size Me: Stop Allowing The Scale To Impact Your Self-Image With Jay
42:45
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jay about
why he had to learn to maintain his weight before he could lose it and keep it off
how he has learned to not fall victim to weight loss scams
how to stop allowing the scale to impact your self-image
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 02, 2017 |
294 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Focus On Your Minimums To Make Progress With Jen
43:18
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jen about
why she had to let go of doing everything and focus on her minimums to make progress
how support in the gym and online has been instrumental in hitting her weight loss goals
how she will plan differently for major life changes so she will not gain the weight back
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 25, 2017 |
293 – Half Size Me: Why Support Is a Necessity To Maintain Your Weight With Tamar
42:15
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Tamar about
how a 12-step program helped her with her emotional issues around food
why she realized support is a necessity for her to maintain her weight
why she loves and enjoys her life even more now at 61
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 18, 2017 |
292 – Half Size Me: How To Coach Yourself To Help Deal With Emotional Eating With Kimberley
45:06
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kimberley about
how she learned to coach herself to help her deal with emotional eating
what her message is to all Army wives
why she had to alter a diet to make it work for her
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast)
Freedom (productivity app)
Happy Scale (app)
Moment – Screen Time Tracker (productivity app)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 11, 2017 |
Bonus 001 – Half Size Me: Climbing Out To Sobriety With Hammond Chamberlain
26:46
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Hammond about
why addiction can impact more than just your weight
how your childhood experiences can trigger addictive behaviors
how to know the signs you may be struggling with an addiction
and much more!
To learn more about Hammond and the Climb Out To Sobriety, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 07, 2017 |
291 – Half Size Me: How To Make Peace With Food With Molly
48:49
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Molly about
how she learned to make peace with food
how she uses journaling to help with her eating
what made her realize she wants more for herself after years of struggling with body acceptance
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Molly's Freedom Fuel Template (free Powerpoint resource courtesy of Molly)
Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast)
Freedom (productivity app)
Happy Scale (app)
Moment - Screen Time (productivity app)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Sep 04, 2017 |
290 – Half Size Me: What You Can Do Today To Make Sure You Won’t Regain The Weight With Nicole
37:57
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Nicole about
how she learned that taking care of herself was more important than her job
what she's doing today to make sure she won't have to lose the weight again in the future
how she was able to lose weight while still eating wings and beer
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Weight Watchers
Fitbit
Be More Than Pink
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 28, 2017 |
289 – Half Size Me: How Emily Used Self-Love As Motivation To Lose Over 136 Pounds
41:17
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Emily about
how she used self-love as her motivation to lose over 136 pounds
why, when you're struggling with depression, you should focus on "minimums"
how using the Half Size Me Community resources have helped her with emotional eating
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
https://www.fitnessblender.com
https://www.weightandwellness.com/resources/podcasts/
http://simplerootswellness.com
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 21, 2017 |
288 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 20 – Listener Questions Answered!
39:37
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
what is the best breakfast to eat for weight loss?
how do you change your thoughts about starting your weight loss over again after gaining it back?
what do you think about body acceptance, HAES, and weight loss?
how do you avoid the diet and over eating cycle?
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 14, 2017 |
287 – Half Size Me: What Are You Ready To Change Right Now?
42:31
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Corinne about
why she had to ask herself, "What am I ready to change right now?" to lose 100 pounds
what helped her realize she didn't want to have to continue losing weight over and over again
what it takes to make the small habits stick
and much more!
To learn more about Corinne, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Aug 07, 2017 |
286 – Half Size Me: How To Manage Your Emotions Without Using Food
49:44
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bridgitte about
how she pushed past the feelings of perfectionism and started taking action
how as a nurse she learned to make space for herself and avoid issues related to obesity
how she learned to manage her emotions without food
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Gallon Gear Utility Water Jug Cover
Refuse to Regain! (book)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 31, 2017 |
285 – Half Size Me: Learning How To Treat Yourself Better With Katie
46:58
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about
how Katie learned to her treat herself to help her lose over 50 pounds
why coaching has been one of the best things she has ever done for herself
how giving herself more permission with food helped her with her weight loss
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 24, 2017 |
284 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 19 – Listener Questions Answered!
50:39
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
how to approach weight loss when you hear there is a 95% failure rateto eat according to a number scale
how to eat according to a number scale
how to find maintenance and weight loss calorie ranges
how to work on emotional eating
how to choose an approach to get on the most direct road to your goals
how to stop fearing food and learn to enjoy it
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 17, 2017 |
283 – Half Size Me: Why It’s So Important To Let Go Of Perfection With Frank
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Frank Beard, Analyst/Evangelist for Convenience Store Trends, with GasBuddy about
how he lost 6 pounds in 30 days eating at convenience stores and gas stations
why it's so important to let go of being perfect and making progress for maintaining a healthy weight
how he learned convenience stores have many healthy options to help you travel and eat well
and much more!
To learn more about Frank, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Frank's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/30daysofgasstationfood/
"This is where I post photos of healthful food that I find at convenience stores."
Click HERE for a simple "how-to" guide for anyone who wants to know how to navigate a gas station.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 10, 2017 |
282 – Half Size Me: How Tapping Into Your Creativity Will Help You Lose Weight And Maintain With Pat
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Pat about
what she had to focus on to motivate her to lose weight at 64 years of age
how she's maintained her 60 pound weight loss since 2009
how tapping into your creativity will help you lose weight and maintain
and much more!
To learn more about Pat, click here and here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jul 03, 2017 |
281 – Half Size Me: Discovering the Key To Losing Weight In A Healthy, Balanced Way With Stephanie
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Stephanie about
how her battle with depression affected losing weight
how she discovered the key to losing weight in a healthy balanced way
how learned to separate her beliefs from the reality of her situation
and much more!
To learn more about Stephanie, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Better Than Before (book)
You Can Buy Happiness (book)
Rowdy Kittens (blog)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 26, 2017 |
280 Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 18 – Heather’s 3 Tips On How To Turn Even The Worst Day Around
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather shares a recent Half Size Me Community ™ webinar where she shares her three tips on how to turn even the worst day around and she talks about
how to stay motivated, especially when things are hard
why you should embrace your "failures"
how your worst day can become your greatest success
and more!
To get on the The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources:
https://startupbros.com/the-only-thing-that-will-determine…/
https://hbr.org/2012/12/nine-ways-successful-people-de
http://www.johnmaxwell.com/…/it-all-comes-down-to-what-you-…
https://blog.bufferapp.com/the-myth-of-passion-and-motivati…
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 19, 2017 |
279 – Half Size Me: Finding Boundaries With Food And Relationships With Kimonica
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kimonica about
why she had to find boundaries with food and relationships to get healthy
why she could not do "extremes" with her eating to lose weight for the long term
how she moved past unhealthy relationships to get to a healthy body
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 12, 2017 |
278 – Half Size Me: Caring For Others While Focusing On Your Health With Jonathan
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jonathan about
how to care for others and while still focusing on your health
how, as a pastor, he balances eating with his congregation and his health goals
how he finds balance between what is good for him vs. what is not
and much more!
To learn more about Jonathan, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
The Art of The Pilgrimage (book)
Waterlogged - Daily Hydration Tracker (app)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jun 05, 2017 |
277 – Half Size Me: Learning To Accept Yourself And Realize Your Gifts With Trish
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Trish about
how she learned to accept herself and realized all her gifts
how becoming more compassionate with herself was a key to making better food choices
why we are more than our bodies and need to celebrate the gifts inside each of us
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
http://www.adultchildren.org
https://www.claudiablack.com
https://www.tarabrach.com
http://www.intuitiveeating.org
http://www.stitcher.com/podcast/wwwstitchercompodcastsavorpodcast/savor-podcast
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 29, 2017 |
276 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 17 – Listener Questions!
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
how to plan your treats rather than eating off plan impulsively
why love and compassion does not give you permission to do whatever you want
what is the best diet and fitness plan to start with
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 22, 2017 |
275 – Half Size Me: Eat And Move To Change Your Body Composition With Tiffany
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Tiffany about
what information you can get from a DEXA scan and how to use it
how to eat and move to help change your body composition
what you can learn fwith a VO2 Max test and how it will help you with your training
and much more!
To learn more about Tiffany, click here. Coupon code 10% off service: halfsizeme
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 15, 2017 |
274 – Half Size Me: Why You Have To Be Honest With Yourself To Lose The Weight With Alex
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Alex about
how she had to create her own plan of what worked for her.
why allowing treats in the journey was key to her success this time
why you have to be honest with yourself to lose the weight
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast)
SkinnyTaste (blog)
It Was Me All Along: A Memoir (book)
The Power of Habit (book)
The Shift: How I Finally Lost Weight and Discovered a Happier Life (book)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 08, 2017 |
273 – Half Size Me: Never Give Up On Yourself with Shelly
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Shelly about
why she knew she'd decided to do this and would never give up
how she became her own best friend
how she learned about maintenance while losing the weight
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
http://www.skinnytaste.com
http://drdebbutler.com/category/podcast
http://realweightlossrealwomen.com/category/podcast/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
May 01, 2017 |
272 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 016 – Answering Listener Questions!
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
How do you know if you can skip a meal without self-sabotaging?
Can you lose weight eating a high-fat diet?
How do you set up your home to support your health and weight loss?
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
http://news.cornell.edu/stories/2015/10/whats-your-countertop-might-predict-your-weight
http://www.burnthefatblog.com/the-simple-hierarchy-of-fat-loss
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2763382/
https://authoritynutrition.com/15-conditions-benefit-ketogenic-diet/
http://www.epilepsy.com/learn/treating-seizures-and-epilepsy/dietary-therapies/ketogenic-diet
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 24, 2017 |
271 – Half Size Me: How Brittney Overcame Extreme Obstacles To Lose The Weight and Keep It Off
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Brittney about
how she weight went from 84 pounds to 240 pounds
what the similarities are between binge eating, anorexia, and bulimia
how she changed her mindset, lost the weight, and keep it off after years of eating disorders
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 17, 2017 |
270 – Half Size Me: Why You Need To Build A Strong Support System To Reach Your Goals
58:46
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lita about
how learned to eat in moderation after being very restrictive with her food
why she needed to build a strong support system at home and online to reach her goals
why she wishes she had gone to therapy much earlier in her journey
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 10, 2017 |
269 – Half Size Me: Why Forgiving Yourself Can Set You Free To Lose Weight
52:06
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Callie about
why forgiving yourself can set you free to lose weight
how she stopped feeling like she had to take care of everyone else and finally took care of herself
why a co-dependent relationship left her lost and confused and how she overcame it
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Apr 03, 2017 |
268 – Half Size Me: Why You Have To Face Your Food Issues With Kate
48:31
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kate about
why she had to be willing to feel sadness to face her issues with food
how she used being an "obliger" to her advantage
why she focused on food first and added fitness later
what her experience on the Today Show was like
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 27, 2017 |
267 – Half Size Me: You Must Focus On Habits To Be Successful With Nancy
49:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Nancy about
how even after weight loss surgery you must focus on habits to be successful
how she helps people avoid distractions from weight loss gimmicks
how she discovered after maintaining her weight loss for 13 years there is no quick fix
and much more!
To learn more about Nancy, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 20, 2017 |
266 – Ask Coach Heather Session 15: Heather Answer’s Listener Questions!
38:24
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
How to know if you really need to lose more weight?
How to get refocused on your healthy habits when your lifestyle changes?
How to stay motivated with the process of slow, sustainable habit change during weight loss?
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 13, 2017 |
265 – Half Size Me: Learning To Let Go Of Perfection To Make Progress With Shari
58:44
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Shari about
how she figured out all the things that did not work for her
why she hasn't eaten salad and done any structured exercise to lose weight
how she learned to let go of being perfect to make progress
and much more!
Resources
https://thelifecoachschool.com/category/podcasts/
https://www.amazon.com/Life-Changing-Magic-Tidying-Decluttering-Organizing/dp/1607747308
https://www.amazon.com/Love-Languages-Secret-that-Lasts/dp/080241270X
http://www.halfsizeme.com/shop/ - Time management course
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Mar 06, 2017 |
264 – Half Size Me: How To Use Self-Love To Reach Your Weight Loss Goals With Que
48:49
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Que about
how you can use aggressive self-love to reach your weight-loss goals
why it's sometimes important to remove timelines and deadlines from her weight-loss journey
what you should do from the beginning of our journey to help you lose weight
and much more!
To learn more about Que, click here and here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 27, 2017 |
263 – Half Size Me: Creating Your Own Plan With Jen
56:21
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jen about
why she thought her obesity was something she was born with and was a part of her
how she learned to take selective pieces of information and create her own plan
what it took for her to switch her focus to habit change so she could lose weight
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Hoopla Digital (audiobooks)
Fitbit
Sarah F Ragoso (Podcast)
Open Sky Fitness (podcast)
Natural MD Radio
Nutrition Diva (app)
Forks Over Knives (book)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 20, 2017 |
262 – Ask Coach Heather Session 14: 6 Tips To Help You Focus On Maintenance In Your Weight Loss Journey
45:25
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather share her 6 tips to help you focus on maintenance in your weight loss journey.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 13, 2017 |
261 – Half Size Me: Getting To A Place Of Self-Acceptance and Progress With Bobbie Jo
53:32
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bobbie Jo about
how dealing with co-dependency helped her with her weight loss
why changing her mindset around others judging her helped Bobbie Jo move forward
how Alanon helped get her to a place of self-acceptance and progress
and much more!
Resources
https://www.amazon.com/Codependent-No-More-Controlling-Yourself/dp/0894864025
http://primalpotential.com
http://www.myfitnesspal.com
https://www.fitbit.com
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Feb 06, 2017 |
260 – Half Size Me: The Importance Of Support In Your Weight Loss Journey With Jasmine
47:38
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jasmine about
why she had to let go of being perfect with her binge eating
how she realized that high and low motivation is part of the process
why she will always need to be connected to weight loss support to help her maintain her weight loss
and much more!
Resources
http://www.skinnytaste.com
https://www.amazon.com/Finally-Thin-Lost-Pounds-Off/dp/0767929519
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 30, 2017 |
259 – Half Size Me: How Changing Your Approach To Weight Loss Can Help Make It Permanent With Sheryl
47:25
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sheryl about
why finding support for your weight loss or weight maintenance is so important
how she gained control over her emotions to ward off emotional binge eating
how changing her approach to weight loss helped make it permanent this time
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 23, 2017 |
258 – Half Size Me: Why Finding Support Helps You Finish What You Started With Beckki
48:47
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Beckki about
why finding support helped her finish what she started
why getting below 200 pounds was a day she will never forget
how she felt when she realized all the work she would need to do to keep the weight off
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 16, 2017 |
257 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Learn To Be Honest With Yourself With Linda
1:00:23
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Linda about
why you must learn to be honest with yourself to lose the weight
why we should not judge ourselves as "good" or "bad" based on the food we eat
how she learned to do things that made her happy
and more!
Resources:
Better Than Before (book)
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 09, 2017 |
256 – Ask Coach Heather Session 13: 3 Key Strategies to Help You Overcome Sabotaging Thoughts
36:47
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses
3 key strategies to help you overcome sabotaging thoughts
listener questions
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Jan 02, 2017 |
255 – Half Size Me: What Life Is Like After Losing 355 Pounds With Brenda
46:29
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Brenda about
what life is like after losing over 355 pounds
how she lost the last 25 pounds
how her sleep has improved and what to do if you struggle with sleep apnea
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 26, 2016 |
254 – Half Size Me: Why Setting Boundaries Is Essential To Your Progress With Sara
46:41
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sara about
why setting boundaries is essential to your progress
why she had to make her binge eating a priority before weight loss
what helped her realize her deeper why or reason for losing weight
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 19, 2016 |
253 – Half Size Me: Why Self-Care Is Not Selfish With Lisa
50:02
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lisa about
how alcohol addiction relates to food addiction
why self-care is not selfish but rather a step toward healing
why she created the "what works for Lisa" plan
and much more!
Resources
http://www.al-anon.alateen.org/the-twelve-steps
To learn more about Lisa, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 12, 2016 |
252 – Half Size Me: How You Can Learn From Your Past To Change Your Present With Gay
40:43
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Gay about
how you can learn from your past to change your present
how to discover the calorie range that works best for you
why finding exercises you enjoy is key to sticking with your goals
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
http://www.thedietfix.com
http://www.myfitnesspal.com
https://www.fitbit.com
http://www.fat2fittools.com/tools/bmr/
http://eatmore2weighless.com/weight-loss-calculator/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Dec 05, 2016 |
251 – Half Size Me: How To Start All Over Again (And Succeed) With Sean
1:02:27
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sean about
why keeping it simple and creating a calorie budget was what he needed to build consistency
how he learned a valuable lesson from a weight gain relapse
why losing weight did not make him happy
how "extreme self-care" helped him change his approach to weight loss the second time around
and much more!
To learn more about Sean, click here. And check out his podcast, Transformation Planet, HERE.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 28, 2016 |
250 – Ask Coach Heather Session 12: 7 Tips On How You Can Be Thankful For Yourself
26:03
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses her 7 tips on how you can be thankful for yourself!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 21, 2016 |
249 – Half Size Me: Why Taking Time For Yourself Is Essential With Catherine
57:47
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Catherine about
why it is so important to surround yourself with positive people to make this journey possible
why perfectionism won't help you become healthy and happy
why taking time for yourself is essential to accomplishing your goals
what Catherine learned was the first key to permanent change
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Beyond Burn Out (podcast)
https://www.fitbit.com
http://realweightlossrealwomen.com
http://beyondburnout.com
http://www.stitcher.com/podcast/jeff-sanders/the-5-am-miracle
http://www.nachomamasblog.com/p/podcast.html
food scale
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 14, 2016 |
248 – Half Size Me: How To Learn To Love Yourself With Valerie
47:43
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Valerie about
how she learned to love herself and finally slowed down and take her sweet time with weight loss
how she realized over-exercising was not the key to getting off her weight
what it took for her to love and dress the body she had so she felt fabulous
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Nov 07, 2016 |
247 – Half Size Me: Katie and Rik From The Documentary From Fat To Finish Line
53:35
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie and Rik about
what weight loss, running, and movie making all have in common
why waiting until you feel ready to take action is not a good idea
how running the race made Katie and Rik better people and runners
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
To learn more about Katie, click here.
To learn more about Rik, click here.
For more info about the documentary, From Fat To Finish Line:
Official Trailer: https://vimeo.com/173552263
Official Website: http://fromfattofinishlinefilm.com
Official Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FatToFinish
Official YouTube: https://goo.gl/3VOGds
IMDB: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2463712
Twitter: https://twitter.com/FatToFinish
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/FatToFinish
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 31, 2016 |
246 – Half Size Me: Why Focusing On your Minimum Effort Will Help You Lose Weight And Keep It Off With Adam
50:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Adam about
what you need to know about images you see in movies and on TV
why you should not fear eating more
why focusing on your minimum effort will help you lose weight and keep it off
why he had to gain 30 pounds while losing 119
and much more!
To learn more about Adam, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
The Art of Weight Maintenance (book)
Smart Thermos
Apple Watch
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 24, 2016 |
245 – Ask Coach Heather Session 11: 9 Tips To Help You Empower Yourself
37:28
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather shares her 9 tips to help you empower yourself!
Whether your goal is to lose weight, maintain weight, or just gain boundaries with pushy loved ones, Heather's tips are a great way to help you get started.
If you'd like even more support this holiday season, we're covering many holiday "survival" topics during our live, weekly, members-only webinars. So, join us today!
You can learn more by going to http://halfsizeme.com/join!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 17, 2016 |
244 – Half Size Me: Why Dreaming Big Was The Key To Success With Cristina
55:25
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Cristina about
why you need to protect yourself while sharing online
how she lost 20 pounds in the first 4 months
why dreaming big was key to her ongoing success
and much more!
To learn more about Cristina, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
|
Oct 10, 2016 |
243 – Half Size Me: Why You Can’t Get Happiness From Six-Pack Abs With James
55:51
|